Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Better version of strip_apostrophe_markup()?)
m (1 revision imported)
 
(35 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:


local z = {
local cs1 ={};
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


-- Whether variable is set or not
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
function is_set( var )
]]
return not (var == nil or var == '');
 
end
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate


-- First set variable or nil if none
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
function first_set(...)
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
local list = {...};
for _, var in pairs(list) do
if is_set( var ) then
return var;
end
end
end


-- Whether needle is in haystack
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
function inArray( needle, haystack )
if needle == nil then
return false;
end
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end


--[[
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
function deprecated_parameter()
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
function substitute( msg, args )
-- return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end


--[[
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
This function will positive kern  either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
]]
function kern_quotes (str)
local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 ); -- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
end
if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 ); -- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
end
return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here
 
]]
 
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


function format_script_value (script_value)
local function first_set (list, count)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local i = 1;
local name;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
if is_set( list[i] ) then
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
i = i + 1; -- point to next
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
end
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
end
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
if inArray (lang, {'ar', 'ja', 'ko', 'he', 'zh'}) then -- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses ' .. name .. '-language script ('..lang..')'); -- categorize in language-specific categories
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
else
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses foreign language script'); -- use this category as a catchall until language-specific category is available
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
script_value = '<bdi' .. lang .. '>' .. script_value .. '</bdi>'; -- isolate incase script is rlt


return script_value;
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
end
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]


function script_concatenate (title, script)
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if is_set (script) then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
if is_set (script) then
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
return title;
end
end


-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
 
function wrap( key, str, lower )
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
if not is_set( str ) then
 
return "";
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
str = safeforitalics( str );
 
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
 
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
if lower == true then
return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end


--[[
 
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
 
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
]]
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end


--[[
local function is_scheme (scheme)
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
function validate( name )
 
local name = tostring( name );
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
-- Normal arguments
else
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


-- Formats a comment for error trapping
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
 
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
]]
 
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
 
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
]]
 
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
prefix = prefix or "";
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
suffix = suffix or "";
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if error_state == nil then
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
end
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
return scheme, domain;
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
end


-- Formats a wiki style external link
 
function externallinkid(options)
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
local url_string = options.id;
 
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 
]]
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
function internallinkid(options)
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


-- Format an external link with error checking
function externallink( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not checkurl( URL ) then
error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end


-- Formats a link to Amazon
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
function amazon(id, domain)
 
if checkisbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is a 10-digit isbn
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 maint: ASIN uses ISBN"); -- add to maint category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=
 
end
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
if not is_set(domain) then
that condition exists
domain = "com";
elseif inArray (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif inArray (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator})
end


--[[
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are two valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
]]
]]


function arxiv (id)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local orig;
local year, month, version;
 
local err_cat = ""
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
year, month, version = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d([v%d]*)$"); -- test for the 9108-0703 format
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
if not year then -- arXiv id is not proper 9108-0703 form
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
year, month, version = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d([v%d]*)$"); -- test for the 0704- format
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
if not year then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match either format
else -- id is the 0704- format
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then -- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
else -- id is the 9108-0703 format; are the date values ok
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((91 > year and 7 < year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 8 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) or -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then -- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
end
end


return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if is_set (orig) then
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
]]
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


function normalize_lccn (lccn)
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
end
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


local prefix
]]
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
local function check_url( url_str )
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return lccn;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
function lccn(lccn)
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
local scheme, domain;


if 8 == len then
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmid(id)
 
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local error_message = '';
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
else -- PMID is only digits
end
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
if is_set(embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
return true; -- still embargoed
end
end
end
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end
end


--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
 
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local function safe_for_url( str )
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
else -- PMC is only digits
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
['['] = '&#91;',
else
[']'] = '&#93;',
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
['\n'] = ' ' } );
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
Format an external link with error checking
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
]]
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.


function doi(id, inactive)
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local cat = ""
local error_str = "";
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
local text;
if not is_set( label ) then
if is_set(inactive) then
label = URL;
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
if is_set( source ) then
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
end
else
if not check_url( URL ) then
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
end
inactive = ""
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end


if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end


-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


if ( code == "A" ) then
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
encode = handler.encode})
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
parameters in the citation.
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
end
end


--[[
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
]]
function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
 
if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
end
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end


if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation


elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
return "Thesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
end
end


--[[
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Determines whether a URL string is valid


At present the only check is whether the string appears to
]=]
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end


-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
local function kern_quotes (str)
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
local cap='';
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
local cap2='';
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
local wl_type, label, link;
end


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
]]
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
if is_set (cap) then
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
end
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
]]
if is_set (cap) then
function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
end
 
while true do
if 2 == wl_type then
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
else
break;
str = label;
end
end
end
end
return argument; -- done
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------


Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
of %27%27...
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
]]
in italic markup.
 
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


function make_coins_title (title, script)
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
if is_set (title) then
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
else
|script-title=ja : *** ***
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
|script-title=ja: *** ***
end
|script-title=ja :*** ***
if is_set (script) then
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]
function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


--[[
local function format_script_value (script_value)
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
local name;
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
]]
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
if not is_set (lang) then
local temp = 0;
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
end
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
else
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
return script_value;
end
end


-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end


if len == 10 then
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
 
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
else
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
local temp = 0;
]]
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
 
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
if is_set (script) then
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
end
end
return title;
end
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
function safeforurl( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 
]]
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
end
end
if true == lower then
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
local msg;
['['] = '&#91;',
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
[']'] = '&#93;',
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
['\n'] = ' ' } );
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
function hyphentodash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
function safeforitalics( str )
 
--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and ''
 
tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
]]
 
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set(str) then
if not is_set (chapter) then
return str;
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if false == no_quotes then
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
end
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
end


--[[
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
-- end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.


TODO: safejoin() has a flaw where it won't remove the duplicate character from a |title= / |url= combination.
This is because by the time we get here, |title=http://somesite.com and |title=Document Title. have been combined:
[http://somesite.com and ''Document Title.'']
so that now, the last character is not sepc but is ] (unless sepc == ']' which breaks the external link)
]]
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
 
--[[
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
return;
]]
end
 
local str = '';
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local comp = '';
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local end_chr = '';
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
local trim;
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
str = value;
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
elseif value ~= '' then
position = nil; -- unset position
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
end
-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
end
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
comp = value;
local err_msg;
end
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
else
trim = false;
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
if end_chr == duplicate_char then
str = str:sub(1,-2);
elseif end_chr == "'" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
str = str:sub(1,-3);
end
end
end


if trim then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if value ~= comp then
return; -- and done with this parameter
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value;
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
return str;
end
end


-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
function listpeople(control, people)
 
local sep = control.sep;
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
local namesep = control.namesep
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
local format = control.format
 
local maximum = control.maximum
]]
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 
local text = {}
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local etal = false;
local origin = {};
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
return setmetatable({
if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
return origin[k];
if is_set(person.last) then
end
local mask = person.mask
},
local one
{
local sep_one = sep;
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
if origin[k] ~= nil then
etal = true;
return nil;
break;
end
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if type( list ) == 'table' then
else
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
one = mask;
if origin[k] == nil then
sep_one = " ";
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
else
one = person.last
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
local first = person.first
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
if is_set(first) then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
 
if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- check for url in author link;
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
-- Empty strings, not nil;
end
if v == nil then
end
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 
origin[k] = '';
local count = #text / 2;
end
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
text[#text-2] = " & ";
return v;
end
end,
text[#text] = nil;
});
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal then  
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
end
-- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
if ( "scap" == format ) then result =
'<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
end  
return result, count
end
end


-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
function anchorid( options )
return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
]]
function extractnames(args, list_name)
 
local names = {}; -- table of names
local function nowrap_date (date)
local last; -- individual name components
local cap='';
local first;
local cap2='';
local link;
 
local mask;
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
return date;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


while true do
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if is_set(title_type) then
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
if "none" == title_type then
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return names; -- all done, return our list of names
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
 
function extractids( args )
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
local id_list = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
 
any other forms are returned unmodified.
 
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
 
]]
 
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set (str) then
return str;
end
end
return id_list;
end
-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
end
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
local out = {};
-- fallback to read-only cfg
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
 
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
if handler.mode == 'external' then
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
elseif k == 'DOI' then
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
else
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
end
 
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
return a[1] < b[1];
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
end
 
 
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
 
local value = nil;
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
local selected = '';
 
local error_list = {};
]]
 
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
if index == '1' then
f.gsub=string.gsub
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
f.match=string.match
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
f.sub=string.sub
if is_set(args[v]) then
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
table.insert( error_list, v );
f.match=mw.ustring.match
else
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
 
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
local str = ''; -- the output string
table.insert( error_list, v );
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
else
local end_chr = '';
value = args[v];
local trim;
selected = v;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
return str;
if #error_list > 0 then
end
local error_str = "";
 
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
 
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
 
end
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
if #error_list > 1 then
 
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
]]
else
 
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
 
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
]]
 
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
 
if is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
return value, selected;
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
function COinS(data)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then
if is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
end
if is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
]]


function get_iso639_code (lang)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if 'Norwegian' == lang then
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
return lang, 'no'; -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end
 
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
else
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
 
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix


There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


TODO: Error message when language or language code is not ISO639-1?
]]
]]


function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local sep;
local name; -- the language name
local namesep;
local test='';
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: English language specified'); -- add maintenance category if |language=English or |language=en in article space
local text = {}
end
 
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end


if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 ' .. name .. '-language sources (' .. code .. ')'); -- in main space and not English: categorize
end
end
return (" " .. wrap( 'language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
local Authors = A['Authors'];
local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 
if is_set(person.last) then
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local mask = person.mask
local Others = A['Others'];
local one
local Editors = A['Editors'];
local sep_one = sep;
local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end


local Year = A['Year'];
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
if count > 0 then
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
local Date = A['Date'];
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
end
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
local Title = A['Title'];
end
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
local Conference = A['Conference'];
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
end
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
return result, count
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
end
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
local URL = A['URL']
 
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
]]
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


local Series = A['Series'];
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
local Volume = A['Volume'];
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];


local Edition = A['Edition'];
]]
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local Ref = A['Ref'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];


local ID_list = extractids( args );
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
-- special case for cite newsgroup which uses |id= for a usenet article or post id
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
-- |id= is not included in COinS so here we convert it to an ID that will be included in COinS
if ('newsgroup' == config.CitationClass) and (is_set (ID)) then
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
ID_list['USENETID']=ID; -- add this new 'id' to the list of IDs
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
ID = ''; -- and unset
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
]]
return name, etal; --
local Quote = A['Quote'];
end
local PostScript = A['PostScript'];
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------


local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local sepc = A['Separator'];


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
]]
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];


--these are used by cite interview
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local _, pattern;
local City = A['City'];
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers']; -- deprecated
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
local Interviewer = A['Interviewer']; -- deprecated
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
local Program = A['Program'];
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
if is_set (name) then
local page_type; -- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
local use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
if name:match (pattern) then
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); --Also used for COinS and for language
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
break;
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
end
 
-- Set postscript default.
if not is_set (PostScript) then -- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then -- this template is not a citation template
PostScript = '.'; -- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
end
else
if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then -- if |postscript=none then
PostScript = ''; -- no postscript
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
if inArray (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
(author or editor) maintenance category.
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
]]
 
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
if is_set (name) then
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
]]
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
if is_set (last) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
end
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = Periodical;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
 
if is_set (first) then
--special cases for citation.
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then -- for citation templates
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
if not is_set (Ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
else
Ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= is not set
sepc = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
end
else -- not a citation template
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= has not been set
sepc = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
end
end
end
end
 
return last, first; -- done
-- check for special case where |separator=none
if 'none' == sepc:lower() then -- if |separator=none
sepc = ''; -- then set it to an empty string
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
Gets name list from the input arguments
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end


if is_set(Interviewer) then
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
if is_set(TitleType) then
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Interviewer;
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Interviewer;
end
if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end


--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
if is_set(BookTitle) then
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
]]
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
Date = Date or AirDate;
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = Series;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TransTitle = '';
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]


-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if not is_set(Date) then
local names = {}; -- table of names
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
local last; -- individual name components
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
local first;
if is_set(Date) then
local link;
local Month = A['Month'];
local mask;
if is_set(Month) then
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local Day = A['Day']
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " " .. Date end
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
 
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
 
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.
 
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
 
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
]]
]]
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
 
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if is_set(error_message) then
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
 
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
-- automated parsing of citation information.
-- this is the function call to COinS()
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
local OCinSoutput = COinS{
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
['Title'] = make_coins_title (Title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
end
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
};
--[[Why is this here?  Why are we mapping Title to Chapter when Periodical is set?
if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = '';
TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
end
]]
--[[ Hide unfinished cite newsgroup code so that long delayed update can take place
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername and ID
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = '[Newsgroup]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end
end
end
]]
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end




-- Now perform various field substitutions.
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
 
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
if not is_set(Authors) then
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then  
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Maximum = 8;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
Maximum = #a + 1;
end
local control = {
sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
format = A["AuthorFormat"],
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
Authors = listpeople(control, a)
end


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
separated from each other by commas.
end


local EditorCount
]]
if not is_set(Editors) then
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
Maximum = #e + 1;
end


local control = {
local function language_parameter (lang)
sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
local name; -- the language name
format = A['EditorFormat'],
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
maximum = Maximum,
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};


Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
else
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
EditorCount = 1;
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
end


local Cartography = "";
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local Scale = "";
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
 
Authors = PublisherName;
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
PublisherName = "";
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
if not is_set (name) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
end
end
end
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
if not is_set(URL) and
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
not is_set(ChapterURL) and
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
else
not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if is_set(AccessDate) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
table.insert (language_list, name);
if is_set(Format) then
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
end
end
end
-- Test if citation has no title
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if not is_set(Title) and
if 2 >= code then
not is_set(Periodical) and
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
not is_set(Conference) and
elseif 2 < code then
not is_set(TransTitle) and
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
end
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
local OriginalURL = URL
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
URL = ArchiveURL
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
end
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
-- Format chapter / article title
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then  
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
]]
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'
 
]]
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
At en.wiki, for cs2:
TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','


local TransError = ""
]]
if is_set(TransChapter) then
 
if not is_set(Chapter) then
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' ); -- add error message
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
else
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
end
 
if is_set(Chapter) then
 
if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
if is_set(ChapterURL) then
 
Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
if not is_set(URL) then
rendered style.
Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
 
Format = "";
]]
end
 
elseif is_set(URL) then
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
local sep;
URL = "";
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
Format = "";
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else
else -- not a citation template so CS1
Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. TransError; -- ChapterURLorigin holds the name of parameter
else
Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
end
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
end


if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) then
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
end
Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Chapter = ''; -- chapter not allowed - disabled because doing this here doesn't display error msg and promoted url is lost
 
else
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
end


TransError = "";
 
if is_set(TransTitle) then
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
if is_set(Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
else
applying the pdf icon to external links.
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
 
end
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
end
 
]=]
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 
local function is_pdf (url)
if is_set(Title) then
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
end
Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format  
 
URL = "";
 
Format = "";
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
else
 
Title = Title .. TransError;
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
 
]]
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end


if is_set(Place) then
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
 
end
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
if is_set(Conference) then
 
if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
]]
 
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end
if not is_set(Position) then
return max, etal;
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
end
if is_set(Minutes) then
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
else
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Time) then
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
if sepc ~= '.' then
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
end
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
 
]=]
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
end
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
else
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
Position = " " .. Position;
else
At = '';
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
end
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
if not is_set(Page) then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
end
else
i = i+1;
if is_set(Periodical) and
end
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
return output_table;
Page = ": " .. Page;
end
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
end
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
end
else
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
end
elseif is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
end
end
At = At .. Section .. Inset;
end


if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
end


TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )) or "";
 
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
]]
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


if is_set(Volume) then
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
end


--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
if is_set(Volume) then
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
  then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
  else
  Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
  if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
  end
end
end
]]
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
--[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
behind a registration or paywall.  So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' .. sepc
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
.. substitute( retrv_text, {AccessDate} ) .. '</span>'
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
 
]]
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
end
 
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


if is_set(URL) then
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
end
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


if is_set(Quote) then
]]
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
 
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
end
if not is_set (value) then
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote );
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
end
return true;
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
else
else
Archived = ""
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end
local Lay
 
if is_set(LayURL) then
 
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
if is_set(LaySource) then
 
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
else
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
LaySource = "";
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
end
single space character.
if sepc == '.' then
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
]]
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
end
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
else
Lay = "";
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]]
if is_set(Transcript) then
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
return '';
Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end
local Publisher;
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
if is_set(PublisherName) then
elseif is_set (volume) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
Publisher = PublisherName;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else  
Publisher = "";
end
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
 
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
end
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
 
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
else
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_journal then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate ) .. ")";
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
end
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
if is_set(PublisherName) then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
elseif not nopp then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else  
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
if is_set(Periodical) then
end
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )  
 
else
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
 
end
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
 
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
]=]
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


--[[
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
err_msg = 'save command';
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
]]
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
err_msg = 'liveweb';
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
else
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,
Mode = '';
Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
local author_etal;
ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
 
local Others = A['Others'];
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
else
ID_list = ID;
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end
end
 
local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local text;
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
if is_set(Authors) then
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if is_set(Coauthors) then
Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
if is_set(Date) then
else -- if not a book cite
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
Contribution = nil; -- unset
local in_text = " ";
end
local post_text = "";
 
if is_set(Chapter) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
else
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
local Year = A['Year'];
else
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
end
local Date = A['Date'];
end
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
local Title = A['Title'];
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
then Editors = Editors .. " "
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
local Conference = A['Conference'];
end
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
if EditorCount <= 1 then
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
else
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
end
local Degree = A['Degree'];
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
local Docket = A['Docket'];
else
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
local ArchiveDate;
else
local ArchiveURL;
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
end
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
 
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
local URL = A['URL']
else
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
if is_set(Date) then
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
end
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
end
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
 
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
local Series = A['Series'];
else
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
local Volume;
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
local Issue;
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
local Page;
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
local Pages;
end
local At;
text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
local options = {};
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
-- conference & map books do not support issue
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
else
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
options.class = "citation";
end
end
local Position = '';
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
local id = Ref
Page = A['Page'];
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
local names = {} --table of last names & year
At = A['At'];
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations
id = anchorid(names)
end
options.id = id;
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = seterror('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
else
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
text = text .. OCinS;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
end
 
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
end
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 
end
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
UrlAccess = nil;
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
UrlAccess = nil;
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
end
 
return text
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
end
function z.citation(frame)
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
local pframe = frame:getParent()
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
end
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
else -- otherwise
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
end
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end
local args = {};
 
local suggestions = {};
local Via = A['Via'];
local error_text, error_state;
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local config = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
local Language = A['Language'];
config[k] = v;
local Format = A['Format'];
args[k] = v;  
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
end
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
if v ~= '' then
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not validate( k ) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
error_text = "";
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
end
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
 
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end
 
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
 
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
 
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
 
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
 
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
 
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
do
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
 
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
 
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
 
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
 
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
 
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
end
end
 
 
 
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
 
end
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if not is_set(URL) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
else
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
end
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end
 
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
 
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
 
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, v);
table.insert (render, ' (');
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
table.insert (render, ') ');
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
 
return table.concat (render);
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class)
local name = tostring (name);
local state;
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
 
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
function cs1.citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
 
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
else
if #suggestions == 0 then
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
end
end
end
end
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end    
end    
Line 2,455: Line 3,604:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
end
end
end
end
 
return citation0( config, args)
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end
end


return z
return cs1;

Latest revision as of 07:50, 9 January 2019

<section begin=header />

<section end=header />

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates. <section begin=module_components_table /> These files comprise the module support for cs1|2 citation templates:

cs1 | cs2 modules
  live sandbox description
sysop Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] List of active, deprecated, and obsolete cs1|2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] Functions that support the named identifiers (isbn, doi, pmid, etc)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] Functions that render a cs1|2 template's metadata
auto confirmed Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

<section end=module_components_table />

Other documentation: 


local cs1 ={};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash,				-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	date_name_xlate

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one,		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;

local z ={};																	-- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed;		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {};														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs;															-- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1');				-- strip lang code from keyname
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then										-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end
																				-- Do most common case first
	if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then				-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then	-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then							-- one character/digit .cash hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then							-- one character/digit .org hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then								-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then								-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then							-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then					-- two character hostname and tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then		-- IPv4 address
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

	if is_set (link) then 														-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		end
	end

	if is_set (orig) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then												-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;
	
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wikimarkup url
	
	if is_set (access) then														-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end
	
	return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str);									-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");				-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
		end
	
		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")				-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = make_wikilink (link, label);									-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );										-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

--	if is_set (chapterurl) then
--		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
--	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then						-- if we found a zero width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- its ok if one of the indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
	letter - letter (A - B)
	digit - digit (4-5)
	digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
	letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
	digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set (str) then
		return str;
	end
	
	str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');								-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
	if 0 ~= count then															-- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
		return str;																-- nothing to do, we're done
	end
	
	local out = {};
	local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*');								-- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

	for _, item in ipairs (list) do												-- for each item in the list
		if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then	-- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
			if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or				-- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
				item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or			-- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
				item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or				-- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
				item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or								-- digit hyphen digit
				item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then								-- letter hyphen letter
					item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2');	-- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
			else
				item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–');				-- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
			end
		end
		item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');								-- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
		table.insert (out, item);												-- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
	end

	return table.concat (out, ', ');											-- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub=string.gsub
			f.match=string.match
			f.sub=string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match=mw.ustring.match
			f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then		-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first;		-- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it

	if is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error ('suffix');
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
			return false;														-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just intials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error ('suffix');									-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1));				-- insert the intial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = make_wikilink (person.link, one);						-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local _, pattern;
	local patterns = {															-- these patterns match annotations at end of name
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',							-- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$',													-- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',			-- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$',						-- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
		
																				-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
		'^eds?[%.,;]',															-- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
		'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]',									-- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A',							-- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A',								-- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
		}

	if is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
	if is_set (name) then
		_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', '');										-- count the number of separator-like characters
		
		if 1 < count then														-- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
			add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	if is_set (last) then
		if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);						-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	if is_set (first) then
		if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then									-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	return last, first;															-- done
	end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);							-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);						-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i);	-- check for improper wikimarkup

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then									-- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2];	-- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
	end

	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all')		-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then							-- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage();									-- get a language object for this wiki
	local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode()									-- get this wiki's language code
	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then											-- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
			lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-')										-- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
		end
		if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then								-- if two-or three-character code
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
			if not is_set (name) then
				name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang];								-- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
			end
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code);				-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then													-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name;							-- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names

			if this_wiki_code ~= code then										-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == code:len() then											-- and is a two-character code
					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code})	-- categorize it
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code})		-- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
				end
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
	ps gets:	'.'
	sep gets:	'.'

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps;										-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
	ps gets:	'' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
	sep gets:	','

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref;								-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
			local name = name_table[i];
			i=i+1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i=i+1;															-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]);					-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i+1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);						-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parntheses
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
			if is_suffix (first) then											-- if a valid suffix
				suffix = first													-- save it as a suffix and
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end																	-- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error ('missing comma');								-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error ('name');										-- matches a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error ('initials');									-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first);									-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end

		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or	-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then						-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	local vol = '';
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
		else
			vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then										-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
	|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.or url
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = 'save command';
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = 'liveweb';
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');		-- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
		
		if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then					-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = 'timestamp';
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then								-- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = 'path';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then							-- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then					-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		else
			return url, date;													-- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				add_maint_cat ('authors');										-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
			add_maint_cat ('editors');											-- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

	local interviewers_list = {};
	local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
	if is_set (Interviewers) then												-- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
		add_maint_cat ('interviewers');											-- because use of this parameter is discouraged
	else
		interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');			-- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
	end

	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
			link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end
																				-- conference & map books do not support issue
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
		Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
	end
	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end

	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end

		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then			-- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			SubscriptionRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
		end
		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then			-- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			RegistrationRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
		end

	local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then	-- same as url-access
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
	local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = A['DF'];															-- date format set in cs1|2 template
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then	-- validate reformatting keyword
		DF = '';																-- not valid, set to empty string
	end

	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

	--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

	-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );		-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
		|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
		|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
	
		|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
		|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
	
	]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then												-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
	do
		if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
			if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then			-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			
			if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'arXiv';											-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end

			if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'bioRxiv';											-- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end

			if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'CiteSeerX';										-- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end
		end
	end

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);				-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging

	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
			['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};
		anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end
		
		if not is_set(error_message) then										-- error free dates only
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if is_set (DF) then													-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then			-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				add_maint_cat ('date_format');									-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
	-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
	-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
--			if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
--				modified = true;
--			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
	-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			if is_set(AccessDate) then											-- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then	-- special case for journal cites
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
		[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text,											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum = #interviewers_list;							-- number of interviewerss
			Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false);	-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;												-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum = #c;												-- number of contributors
			Contributors = list_people(control, c, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
	-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not is_set(URL) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (ChapterURL) then 											-- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
		elseif is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
 		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then	-- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
		add_maint_cat ('archived_copy');										-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
	end

	if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if keep as written markup:
		Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1')								-- remove the markup
	else
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', '');				-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
			
			Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
		OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";		-- TODO: presentation

	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

	--[[
	Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
	note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
	
	]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
					add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown');								-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					add_maint_cat ('unfit');									-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if is_set(PublisherName) then
		if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then							-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " ";				-- in paranetheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then							-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if (not is_set (Date)) then												-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				 end
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then							-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not is_set (Date)) then											-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	local render = {};															-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if is_set(options.id) then													-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- all other cases
	end		

	table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}));		-- append metadata to the citation

	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		table.insert (render, ' ');
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
				else
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, v);
			table.insert (render, ' (');
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
			table.insert (render, ') ');
		end
		table.insert (render, '</span>');
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render);	
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local state;
	
	if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then			-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name];				-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class

		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
											
	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );												-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];

	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc 

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then								-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';

	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
	reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
	date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
	date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;

	is_set = utilities.is_set;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	in_array = utilities.in_array;
	substitute = utilities.substitute;
	error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
	set_error = utilities.set_error;
	select_one = utilities.select_one;
	add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
	wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
	safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
	is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
	make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;										-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
	build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
	is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
	extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
	
	make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title;								-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
	get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
	COinS = metadata.COinS;

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
--		args[k] = v;															-- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute (param, capture);				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true);	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true );	-- suggested param not supported by this template
							end
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			missing_pipe_check (v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
																				-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- here when v is empty string
			args[k] = v;														-- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
		end
	end
	return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end

return cs1;
Retrieved from "https://www.wikidoc.org/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&oldid=1516103"